1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
32 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
33 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
34 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
38 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
39 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
40 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
42 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
45 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
46 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
47 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
48 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
49 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
53 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
55 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
58 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
61 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
63 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
64 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
69 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
73 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
74 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
77 /* This function may be called more than once. */
78 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
79 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
82 switch (bed
->s
->arch_size
)
93 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
97 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
99 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
101 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
104 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
106 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
108 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, ptralign
))
112 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
114 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
115 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
116 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
117 a global offset table. */
118 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
119 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
124 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
125 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
130 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
132 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
134 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
136 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
137 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
138 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
140 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
142 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
143 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
149 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
150 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
151 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
152 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
153 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
154 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
157 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
160 register asection
*s
;
161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
163 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
166 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
169 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
172 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
173 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
175 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
177 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
178 shared library does not. */
179 if (info
->executable
)
181 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
182 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
187 if (! info
->traditional_format
)
189 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame_hdr",
190 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
192 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 2))
194 elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
= s
;
197 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
198 if they are not needed. */
199 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
200 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
202 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
205 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
206 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
208 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
211 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
212 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
214 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
217 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
218 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
220 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
223 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
224 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
228 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
230 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
233 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
234 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
235 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
236 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
237 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
238 to decide how to initialize the process. */
239 if (!_bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC"))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
245 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
247 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
249 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
250 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
251 the .got and .plt sections. */
252 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
255 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
260 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
263 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
265 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
266 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
268 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
270 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
271 .rel[a].bss sections. */
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
275 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
276 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
277 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
278 to read in from the object file. */
279 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
281 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
282 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
283 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
285 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
287 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
290 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
292 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
294 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
295 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
301 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
302 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
303 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
304 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
306 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
312 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
314 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
315 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
316 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
317 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
318 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
319 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
320 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
322 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
326 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
327 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
328 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
329 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
330 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
331 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
332 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
333 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
334 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
335 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
339 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
340 (bed
->default_use_rela_p
341 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
342 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
344 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
352 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
353 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
354 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
355 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
356 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
357 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
361 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
362 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
364 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
366 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
371 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
372 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
373 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
374 this would not be necessary. */
375 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
379 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
380 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
383 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
391 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
392 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
394 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
397 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
398 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
403 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
405 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
406 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
408 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
409 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
410 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
411 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
412 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
415 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
420 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
422 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
428 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
429 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
432 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
433 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
439 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
441 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
444 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
445 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
449 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
450 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
451 may depend on this. */
452 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
453 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
455 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
456 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
457 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
460 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
463 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
464 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
465 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
466 force the correct value. */
470 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
472 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
473 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
474 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
475 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
479 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
483 if (provide
&& hidden
)
485 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
487 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
488 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
491 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
493 if (!info
->relocatable
495 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
496 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
502 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
505 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
508 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
509 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
510 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
511 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
512 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
514 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
522 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
523 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
524 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
527 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
532 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
533 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
534 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
535 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
537 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
538 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
540 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
543 /* See if the entry exists already. */
544 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
545 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
548 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
549 entry
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
553 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
554 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
555 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
557 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
561 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
562 && (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
563 || entry
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
567 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
568 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
570 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
571 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
572 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
577 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
578 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
579 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
581 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
584 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
585 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
590 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
591 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
593 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
595 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
597 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
598 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
599 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
600 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
603 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
605 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
607 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
612 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
615 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
619 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
621 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
622 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
627 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
628 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
629 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
632 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
635 size_t *count
= data
;
637 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
638 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
643 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
644 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
650 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
651 STB_LOCAL binding. */
654 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
657 size_t *count
= data
;
659 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
660 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
662 if (!h
->forced_local
)
665 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
666 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
671 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
672 omitted when creating a shared library. */
674 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
675 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
678 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
682 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
683 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
685 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
686 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
687 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
690 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
693 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
694 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
695 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
700 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
701 against any other section. */
707 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
708 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
709 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
710 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
714 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
715 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
716 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
718 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
720 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
722 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
724 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
725 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
726 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
727 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
728 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
730 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
732 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
733 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
736 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
738 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
739 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
740 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
743 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
744 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
747 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
748 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
749 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
750 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
753 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
757 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
758 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
759 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
760 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
761 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
762 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
763 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
764 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
765 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
766 change. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT if an old common symbol in a dynamic
767 object is overridden by a regular object. */
770 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
771 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
773 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
776 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
779 bfd_boolean
*override
,
780 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
781 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
783 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
784 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
785 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
788 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
789 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
;
790 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
796 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
798 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
799 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
801 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
802 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
807 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
808 if we are doing an ELF link. */
809 if (info
->hash
->creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
812 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
814 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
815 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
816 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
818 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
819 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
820 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
822 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
828 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
831 switch (h
->root
.type
)
838 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
839 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
840 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
844 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
845 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
846 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
847 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
850 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
851 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
852 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
856 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
857 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
858 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
859 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
860 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
861 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
863 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
867 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
868 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
870 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
874 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
875 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
877 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
878 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
879 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
882 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
883 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
885 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
887 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
888 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
889 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
891 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
893 if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
894 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
898 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
899 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
901 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
921 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
922 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
923 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
924 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
925 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
926 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
927 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
929 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
930 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
931 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
933 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
934 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
935 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
941 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
942 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
943 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
944 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
946 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
950 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
951 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
952 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
955 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
958 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
963 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
964 definition from a dynamic object. */
966 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
967 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
970 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
972 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
975 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
976 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
977 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
982 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
985 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
986 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
987 object, we remove the old definition. */
988 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
991 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
992 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
994 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
995 also undefined before, we need to make sure
996 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
997 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
998 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
1000 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1001 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1005 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1006 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1015 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1021 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1022 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1023 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1024 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1026 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1027 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1028 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1029 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1030 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1031 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1032 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1034 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1035 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1037 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1039 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1042 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1043 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1044 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1049 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1050 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1052 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1053 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1056 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1057 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1059 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1060 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1061 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1062 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1063 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1064 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1065 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1066 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1067 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1068 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1069 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1072 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1073 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1075 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1076 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1077 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1078 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1079 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1085 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1086 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1088 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
)
1089 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1091 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1095 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1097 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1098 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1100 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
1101 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1103 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1105 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1106 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1107 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1108 if (bed
->merge_symbol
1109 && !bed
->merge_symbol (info
, sym_hash
, h
, sym
, psec
, pvalue
,
1110 pold_alignment
, skip
, override
,
1111 type_change_ok
, size_change_ok
,
1112 &newdyn
, &newdef
, &newdyncommon
, &newweak
,
1114 &olddyn
, &olddef
, &olddyncommon
, &oldweak
,
1118 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1119 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1124 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1126 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1127 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1128 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1129 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1130 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1132 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1133 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1134 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1137 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1138 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1140 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1143 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1144 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1145 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1146 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1147 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1148 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1150 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1151 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1152 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1153 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1154 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1155 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1160 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1162 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))))
1166 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1168 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1169 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1171 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1172 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1173 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1174 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1175 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1177 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1178 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1181 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1182 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1183 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1184 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1188 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1192 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1193 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1194 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1195 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1198 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1199 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1202 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1203 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1204 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1205 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1206 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1208 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1209 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1210 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1215 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1217 || h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)))
1222 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1223 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1226 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1227 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1228 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1231 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1233 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1234 overriding a function. */
1236 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1237 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1239 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1242 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1243 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1244 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1245 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1248 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1249 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1250 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1251 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1252 in the shared library. */
1255 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1258 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1259 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1260 or the alignment. */
1261 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1262 (info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, oldbfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
,
1263 h
->size
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1266 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1267 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1269 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1272 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1273 in the dynamic object. */
1274 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1275 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1278 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1280 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1281 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1283 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1284 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1286 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1289 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1294 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1295 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1296 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1297 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1298 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1299 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1300 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1301 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1302 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1306 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1313 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1314 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1315 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1316 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1319 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1320 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1321 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1323 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1326 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1327 bfd_boolean override
)
1329 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1330 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1333 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1334 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1335 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1336 bfd_boolean collect
;
1337 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1339 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1342 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1343 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1344 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1345 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1346 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1347 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1352 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1353 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1354 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1356 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1359 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1360 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1362 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1369 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1370 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1372 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1373 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1374 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1376 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1377 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1379 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1380 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1381 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1382 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1383 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1384 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1386 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1387 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1388 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1397 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1398 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1399 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1401 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1405 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1406 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1407 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1408 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1409 name, and it is the default version.
1411 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1412 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1413 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1415 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1416 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1417 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1418 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1419 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1420 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1421 definition in the regular object. */
1423 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1424 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1425 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1427 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1428 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1432 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1436 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1441 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1442 other fields correctly. */
1446 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1447 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1448 the user in that case. */
1450 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1454 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1455 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1457 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1469 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1475 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1479 len
= strlen (name
);
1480 shortname
= bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1481 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1483 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1484 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1486 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1487 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1488 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1490 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1491 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1492 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1500 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1501 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1502 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1503 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1504 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1505 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1506 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1512 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1513 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1514 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1516 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1518 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1519 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1520 to the user in that case. */
1522 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1524 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1526 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1538 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1548 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1549 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1552 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1554 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
1556 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1557 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1560 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1561 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1563 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1567 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1568 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1570 for (t
= eif
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1572 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1574 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1579 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1581 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1590 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1601 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1602 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1603 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1604 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1607 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1610 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= data
;
1611 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1612 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1615 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1616 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1618 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1623 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1626 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1627 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1629 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1632 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1633 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1639 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1644 t
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1647 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1651 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1652 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1653 elf_tdata (rinfo
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1657 a
= bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1659 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1660 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1661 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1663 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1665 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1666 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1668 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1671 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1678 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1679 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1680 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1681 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1684 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1686 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info
*sinfo
;
1687 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1688 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1689 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1696 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1697 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1699 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1702 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1705 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1709 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1711 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1714 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sinfo
->output_bfd
);
1715 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1716 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1718 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1723 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1724 not a hidden symbol. */
1726 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1732 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1740 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1741 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1743 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1747 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1749 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1750 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
);
1753 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1754 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1755 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1756 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1758 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1762 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1763 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1765 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1767 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1769 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1772 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1773 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1781 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
1782 version node for this version. */
1783 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
1785 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
1788 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
1789 to worry about it. */
1790 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
1794 t
= bfd_zalloc (sinfo
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1797 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1802 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
1806 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
1807 if (sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
1809 for (pp
= &sinfo
->verdefs
; *pp
!= NULL
; pp
= &(*pp
)->next
)
1811 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
1815 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1819 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
1820 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
1821 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1822 (_("%B: undefined versioned symbol name %s"),
1823 sinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1825 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1833 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
1835 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->verdefs
!= NULL
)
1837 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1838 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*local_ver
;
1839 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1841 /* See if can find what version this symbol is in. If the
1842 symbol is supposed to be local, then don't actually register
1845 for (t
= sinfo
->verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1847 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1849 bfd_boolean matched
;
1853 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, d
,
1854 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1859 /* There is a version without definition. Make
1860 the symbol the default definition for this
1862 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1870 /* There is no undefined version for this symbol. Hide the
1872 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1875 if (t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1878 while ((d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, d
,
1879 h
->root
.root
.string
)) != NULL
)
1882 /* If the match is "*", keep looking for a more
1883 explicit, perhaps even global, match.
1884 XXX: Shouldn't this be !d->wildcard instead? */
1885 if (d
->pattern
[0] != '*' || d
->pattern
[1] != '\0')
1894 if (local_ver
!= NULL
)
1896 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= local_ver
;
1897 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
1898 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1900 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1908 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
1909 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
1910 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
1911 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
1912 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
1913 relocations should be stored.
1915 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
1918 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
1920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1921 void *external_relocs
,
1922 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
1924 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1925 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
1926 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
1927 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
1928 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
1929 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1932 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
1933 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
1936 /* Read the relocations. */
1937 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
1940 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1941 nsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1943 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1945 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
1946 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
1947 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
1948 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
1949 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
1952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
1956 erela
= external_relocs
;
1957 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
1958 irela
= internal_relocs
;
1959 while (erela
< erelaend
)
1963 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
1964 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
1965 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
1967 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
1969 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1970 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
1971 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
1973 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
1974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1977 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1978 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
1984 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
1985 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
1986 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
1987 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
1988 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
1989 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
1990 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
1991 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
1992 REL_HDR2 relocations. */
1995 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
1997 void *external_relocs
,
1998 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
1999 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2002 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2004 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2006 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
2007 return elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
;
2009 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2012 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
2014 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2018 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2019 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2021 internal_relocs
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2023 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2024 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2028 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2030 bfd_size_type size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
2032 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
)
2033 size
+= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_size
;
2034 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2037 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2040 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, rel_hdr
,
2044 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
2045 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section
2047 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
2048 ((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
) + rel_hdr
->sh_size
,
2049 internal_relocs
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
)
2050 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))))
2053 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2055 elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2060 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2061 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2063 return internal_relocs
;
2073 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2074 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2077 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2081 bfd_size_type reloc_count
;
2082 bfd_size_type num_rel_hashes
;
2084 /* Figure out how many relocations there will be. */
2085 if (rel_hdr
== &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
)
2086 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
;
2088 reloc_count
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
;
2090 num_rel_hashes
= o
->reloc_count
;
2091 if (num_rel_hashes
< reloc_count
)
2092 num_rel_hashes
= reloc_count
;
2094 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2095 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reloc_count
;
2097 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2098 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2099 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2100 we zero the allocated space. */
2101 rel_hdr
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2102 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2105 /* We only allocate one set of hash entries, so we only do it the
2106 first time we are called. */
2107 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
== NULL
2110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2112 p
= bfd_zmalloc (num_rel_hashes
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2116 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
= p
;
2122 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2123 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2127 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2128 asection
*input_section
,
2129 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2130 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2131 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2134 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2135 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2137 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*output_rel_hdr
;
2138 asection
*output_section
;
2139 unsigned int *rel_countp
= NULL
;
2140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2141 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2143 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2144 output_rel_hdr
= NULL
;
2146 if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
2147 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2149 output_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
2150 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
2152 else if (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
2153 && (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
2154 == input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
))
2156 output_rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
2157 rel_countp
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
;
2161 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2162 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2163 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_object_format
);
2168 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2169 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2170 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2171 else if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2172 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2176 erel
= output_rel_hdr
->contents
;
2177 erel
+= *rel_countp
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2178 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2179 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2180 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2181 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2183 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2184 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2185 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2188 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2190 *rel_countp
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2195 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2198 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2199 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2203 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2204 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2209 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2210 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2211 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2212 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2213 the face of future changes. */
2216 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2217 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= NULL
;
2221 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2222 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2223 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2224 an ELF dynamic object. */
2227 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2228 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2230 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2231 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2234 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2238 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2239 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2240 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2243 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2249 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2253 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2262 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2263 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2264 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2265 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2266 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2267 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2268 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2269 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2271 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2272 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2273 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2274 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2275 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2279 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2280 if (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
)
2282 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2283 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2284 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2288 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2289 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2290 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2291 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2292 flag will not have been set. */
2293 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2297 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2300 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2301 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2302 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2303 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2304 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2305 will force it local. */
2307 && eif
->info
->shared
2308 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2309 && (eif
->info
->symbolic
2310 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2313 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2315 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2316 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2317 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2320 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2321 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2322 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2323 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2325 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2326 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2327 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2330 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2331 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2332 over to the real definition. */
2333 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
;
2337 weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2338 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2339 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2341 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2342 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2343 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2344 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2345 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2347 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2348 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2349 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2350 if (weakdef
->def_regular
)
2351 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2353 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
,
2360 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2361 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2365 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2367 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= data
;
2369 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2371 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2374 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2376 h
->got
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_got_offset
;
2377 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2379 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2380 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2381 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2382 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2385 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2386 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2389 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2390 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2393 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2394 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2395 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2396 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2397 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2398 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2399 referenced by another one? */
2404 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2406 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2410 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2411 can happen via a recursive call. */
2412 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2415 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2416 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2417 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2418 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2419 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2421 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2422 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2423 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2424 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2426 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2427 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2428 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2429 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2430 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2431 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2432 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2435 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2436 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2437 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2438 extern int timezone;
2440 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2441 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2442 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2443 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2444 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2445 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2446 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2447 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2449 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2451 /* If we get to this point, we know there is an implicit
2452 reference by a regular object file via the weak symbol H.
2453 FIXME: Is this really true? What if the traversal finds
2454 H->U.WEAKDEF before it finds H? */
2455 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2457 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2461 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2462 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2463 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2464 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2465 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2467 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2469 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2470 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2471 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2473 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2474 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2475 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2484 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2485 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2488 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2492 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2493 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2495 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2496 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2497 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2498 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2500 bfd
*output_bfd
= data
;
2502 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2503 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2504 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2505 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2506 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2512 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2513 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2514 considered to bind dynamically. */
2517 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2518 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2519 bfd_boolean ignore_protected
)
2521 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2526 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2527 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2528 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2530 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2531 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2533 if (h
->forced_local
)
2536 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2537 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2538 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
;
2540 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2547 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2548 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2549 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2550 if (!ignore_protected
|| h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2551 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2558 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2559 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2562 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2563 us that it remains local. */
2564 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2567 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2568 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2569 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2570 undefined symbols and weak symbols. */
2573 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2574 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2575 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2577 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2581 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2582 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2583 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2585 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2586 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2587 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2590 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2591 if (h
->forced_local
)
2594 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2595 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2598 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2599 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2600 shared libraries. */
2601 if (info
->executable
|| info
->symbolic
)
2604 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2605 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2606 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2609 /* However, STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2610 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
2613 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2614 if (h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
2617 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2618 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols, even when we know that the
2619 dynamic linker will resolve them locally. */
2620 return local_protected
;
2623 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2624 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2626 struct bfd_section
*
2627 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2629 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2630 unsigned int align
= 0;
2632 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2633 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2637 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2638 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2639 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2641 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2643 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2644 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2646 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2651 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2653 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2654 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2656 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2658 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2659 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2660 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2663 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2664 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
2667 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2668 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2671 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2672 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2673 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2674 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2677 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2678 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2679 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2680 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2682 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2684 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2685 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2686 in the same way that it used to do. */
2692 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2693 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2694 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2696 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2699 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2700 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2701 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2702 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2703 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2704 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2707 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2711 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2714 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2715 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2716 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2717 (re)include this element. */
2718 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2721 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2722 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2723 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2725 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2727 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2729 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2730 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2731 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2733 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2738 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2739 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2742 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2745 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2746 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2748 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2751 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2753 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2757 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2762 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2764 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
2774 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
2777 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2781 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2782 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2784 bfd_size_type newsize
;
2785 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
2786 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2788 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2789 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2792 if (info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
&& tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
2794 (_("warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object."));
2796 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2797 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2798 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
2800 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2801 newcontents
= bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
2802 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
2806 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
2807 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
2810 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
2815 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
2816 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
2817 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
2820 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
2821 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2825 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2826 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
2827 bfd_size_type strindex
;
2829 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
2832 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2833 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
2834 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
2835 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
2838 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
2841 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2844 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2845 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2847 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
2848 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
2849 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
2851 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2853 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2854 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
2855 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
2857 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2865 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
2868 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
2872 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
2873 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
2878 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse, elf_smash_syms sets all symbols
2879 belonging to NOT_NEEDED to bfd_link_hash_new. We know there are no
2880 references from regular objects to these symbols.
2882 ??? Should we do something about references from other dynamic
2883 obects? If not, we potentially lose some warnings about undefined
2884 symbols. But how can we recover the initial undefined / undefweak
2887 struct elf_smash_syms_data
2890 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2891 bfd_boolean twiddled
;
2895 elf_smash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2897 struct elf_smash_syms_data
*inf
= (struct elf_smash_syms_data
*) data
;
2898 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2900 switch (h
->root
.type
)
2903 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
2906 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
2907 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2909 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.weak
!= NULL
2910 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.weak
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2912 /* Symbol was undefweak in u.undef.weak bfd, and has become
2913 undefined in as-needed lib. Restore weak. */
2914 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
2915 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.weak
;
2916 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
2917 || inf
->htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
2918 inf
->twiddled
= TRUE
;
2923 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
2924 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2928 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
2929 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
2930 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2934 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
2935 if (h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2939 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
2940 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
2941 elf_smash_syms ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, data
);
2942 if (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_new
)
2944 if (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
->u
.undef
.abfd
!= inf
->not_needed
)
2949 /* There is no way we can undo symbol table state from defined or
2950 defweak back to undefined. */
2954 /* Set sym back to newly created state, but keep undef.next if it is
2955 being used as a list pointer. */
2956 bh
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
;
2959 if (bh
!= NULL
|| inf
->htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
2960 inf
->twiddled
= TRUE
;
2961 (*inf
->htab
->root
.table
.newfunc
) (&h
->root
.root
,
2962 &inf
->htab
->root
.table
,
2963 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2964 h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
= bh
;
2965 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= inf
->not_needed
;
2970 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
2972 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2974 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
2975 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
2976 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
2978 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
2979 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
2980 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
2982 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2985 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
2987 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
2992 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
2993 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2996 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2998 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= data
;
3000 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3001 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3003 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3004 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3008 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3012 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3014 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3015 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3016 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3017 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3023 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3024 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3026 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3027 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3028 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3030 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3031 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3032 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3033 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3035 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3037 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3041 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3049 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3054 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3057 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3058 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3059 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3060 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3062 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3063 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3065 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3066 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3071 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3072 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3074 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3078 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3080 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3081 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3083 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3085 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3086 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3087 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3089 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3090 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3091 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3094 while (def
.vd_next
);
3097 /* Adjust version references. */
3098 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3103 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3104 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3106 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3110 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3112 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3113 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3114 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3115 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3116 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3118 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3119 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3120 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3122 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3124 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3125 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3128 while (need
.vn_next
);
3134 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3137 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3139 bfd_boolean (*add_symbol_hook
)
3140 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*,
3141 const char **, flagword
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*);
3142 bfd_boolean (*check_relocs
)
3143 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
3144 bfd_boolean (*check_directives
)
3145 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
3146 bfd_boolean collect
;
3147 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3148 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3149 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3150 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3151 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3152 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3153 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3154 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3155 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3157 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3158 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3160 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3162 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3163 struct elf_link_hash_table
* hash_table
;
3166 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3168 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3169 add_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
;
3170 collect
= bed
->collect
;
3172 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3178 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3179 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3180 the format of the output file. */
3181 if (info
->relocatable
3182 || !is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3183 || hash_table
->root
.creator
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3185 if (info
->relocatable
)
3186 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3193 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3194 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3195 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3196 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3197 if (info
->executable
)
3201 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3205 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3206 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.warning.", sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1) == 0)
3211 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3213 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3214 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3215 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3216 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3217 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3218 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3219 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3220 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3226 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (hash_table
, name
,
3227 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3229 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3231 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3232 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3234 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3235 the section size so that the warning does not
3236 get copied into the output file. */
3243 msg
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3247 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3252 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3253 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3254 FALSE
, collect
, NULL
)))
3257 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3259 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3260 not get copied into the output file. */
3263 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3264 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3265 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3274 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3275 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3276 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3277 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3278 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3280 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3281 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
3282 && ! hash_table
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3284 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3288 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3293 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3294 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3297 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3298 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3299 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3300 && s
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3303 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3304 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3305 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3306 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3307 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3308 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3310 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3311 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3312 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3314 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3320 unsigned long shlink
;
3322 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3323 goto error_free_dyn
;
3325 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3327 goto error_free_dyn
;
3328 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3330 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3331 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3332 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3334 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3336 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3337 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3339 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3340 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3342 goto error_free_dyn
;
3344 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3346 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3348 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3350 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3351 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3352 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3353 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3354 goto error_free_dyn
;
3355 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3356 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3358 goto error_free_dyn
;
3359 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3363 for (pn
= & hash_table
->needed
;
3369 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3371 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3373 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3375 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3376 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3377 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3378 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3379 goto error_free_dyn
;
3380 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3381 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3383 goto error_free_dyn
;
3384 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3388 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3394 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3395 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3397 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3399 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3401 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3402 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3403 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3404 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3405 goto error_free_dyn
;
3406 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3407 anm
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3414 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3429 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3430 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3436 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3437 for (pn
= & hash_table
->runpath
;
3444 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3445 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3446 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3447 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3448 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3449 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3451 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3453 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3454 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3455 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3456 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3458 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3460 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3461 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3462 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3465 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3466 will need to know it. */
3467 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3469 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3473 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3474 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3475 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3480 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3481 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3482 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3483 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3485 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3486 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3488 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3490 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3492 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3493 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3495 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3497 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3502 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3503 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3507 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3509 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3511 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3514 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3516 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3517 sym_hash
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3518 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3519 goto error_free_sym
;
3520 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3525 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3526 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3527 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3528 goto error_free_sym
;
3530 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3531 to internal format. */
3532 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3536 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3537 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3538 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3539 goto error_free_sym
;
3540 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3541 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3542 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3543 goto error_free_vers
;
3549 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3550 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3552 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3556 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3560 bfd_boolean definition
;
3561 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3562 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3563 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3564 bfd_boolean override
;
3566 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3571 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3573 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3575 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3577 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3578 if (bind
== STB_LOCAL
)
3580 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3581 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3582 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3586 else if (bind
== STB_GLOBAL
)
3588 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3591 else if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
3595 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3598 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3599 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3600 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
3602 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3604 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3605 else if (sec
->kept_section
)
3607 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined, and have
3608 default visibility. */
3609 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3610 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3611 isym
->st_other
= STV_DEFAULT
3612 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY(-1));
3614 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3617 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3618 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3619 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3621 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3622 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3623 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3624 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3628 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3631 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3634 goto error_free_vers
;
3636 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3637 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
3639 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3643 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon",
3646 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3647 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
));
3649 goto error_free_vers
;
3653 else if (add_symbol_hook
)
3655 if (! (*add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
, &sec
,
3657 goto error_free_vers
;
3659 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3660 should be skipped for some reason. */
3665 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3668 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3669 goto error_free_vers
;
3672 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3673 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3678 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3679 type_change_ok
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->type_change_ok
;
3684 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3686 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3687 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3692 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3693 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3694 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3699 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3701 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3703 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3704 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3705 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
3706 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
3707 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
3708 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
3709 || (vernum
> 1 && (! bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
3710 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)))
3713 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
3716 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3718 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
3720 else if (vernum
> 1)
3722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
3728 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3729 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
3731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3733 goto error_free_vers
;
3738 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
3739 entries in the VERNEED section since the
3740 numbers for the needed versions do not start
3742 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
3745 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
3749 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
3751 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
3753 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
3755 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
3764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3765 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
3766 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
3767 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3768 goto error_free_vers
;
3772 namelen
= strlen (name
);
3773 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
3774 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
3775 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3776 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3779 newname
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, newlen
);
3780 if (newname
== NULL
)
3781 goto error_free_vers
;
3782 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
3783 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
3785 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
3786 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
3787 default version of the symbol. */
3788 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
3789 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
3791 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
3796 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
,
3797 &value
, &old_alignment
,
3798 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
3799 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
3800 goto error_free_vers
;
3809 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3810 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3811 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3813 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
3814 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
3815 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3816 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
3817 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
3818 definition comes from. */
3819 switch (h
->root
.type
)
3824 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
3825 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
3826 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
3829 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
3830 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
3831 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
3835 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
3839 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
3842 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3843 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, collect
,
3844 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
3845 goto error_free_vers
;
3848 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3849 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3850 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3853 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
3856 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
3857 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_FUNC
3858 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
3859 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
3861 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
3862 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
3863 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
3864 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
3865 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
3866 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
3867 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
3868 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
3869 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
3870 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
3871 definition anyhow. */
3873 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
3878 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
3879 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3880 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3885 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3888 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
3889 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
3890 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
3892 if (align
> old_alignment
3893 /* Permit an alignment power of zero if an alignment of one
3894 is specified and no other alignments have been specified. */
3895 || (isym
->st_value
== 1 && old_alignment
== 0))
3896 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
3898 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
3901 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3905 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
3906 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
3907 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
3908 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
3909 alignment is maintained. */
3910 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
3911 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
3913 unsigned int common_align
;
3914 unsigned int normal_align
;
3915 unsigned int symbol_align
;
3919 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
3920 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
3921 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3923 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
3924 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
3925 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3928 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
3932 common_align
= old_alignment
;
3933 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3938 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
3940 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
3943 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
3944 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3945 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
3946 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
3947 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
3948 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
3951 /* Remember the symbol size and type. */
3952 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
3953 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
3955 if (h
->size
!= 0 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
&& ! size_change_ok
)
3956 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3957 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
3958 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
3960 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
3961 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
3963 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
3966 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
3967 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
3968 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
3969 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
3970 covered by --warn-common. */
3971 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3972 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
3974 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
3975 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
3977 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
3978 && h
->type
!= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)
3979 && ! type_change_ok
)
3980 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3981 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
3982 " from %d to %d in %B"),
3983 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
));
3985 h
->type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
3988 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
3989 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
3990 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
3991 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
3992 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
3995 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
3996 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
3997 if (definition
&& !dynamic
3999 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
4000 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4001 isym
->st_other
= STV_HIDDEN
| (isym
->st_other
& ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
4003 if (isym
->st_other
!= 0 && !dynamic
)
4005 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
4007 /* Take the balance of OTHER from the definition. */
4008 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
4009 other
&= ~ ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
4011 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
4012 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
4013 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
4019 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
4021 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
4024 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4025 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
4026 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
4027 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4028 object and a shared object. */
4035 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4036 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4040 if (! info
->executable
4053 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4055 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
4059 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4060 the default name. */
4061 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4062 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4063 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
4065 goto error_free_vers
;
4067 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4069 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4070 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4072 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4073 aliases can be checked. */
4074 if (! nondeflt_vers
)
4076 amt
= (isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4077 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4078 nondeflt_vers
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4080 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4084 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4086 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4087 goto error_free_vers
;
4088 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4090 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4092 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4093 goto error_free_vers
;
4096 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4097 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4098 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4100 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4104 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4115 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4117 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4118 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4119 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4120 --no-add-needed is used. */
4121 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4124 (_("%s: invalid DSO for symbol `%s' definition"),
4126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4127 goto error_free_vers
;
4130 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) &= ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
;
4133 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4135 goto error_free_vers
;
4137 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4142 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4143 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4144 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4146 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4148 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4151 char *shortname
, *p
;
4153 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4155 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4156 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4159 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4160 shortname
= bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4161 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4162 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4164 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4165 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&hash_table
->root
, shortname
,
4166 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4168 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4169 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4170 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4172 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4173 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4174 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4175 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4176 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4178 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4179 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4181 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4187 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4188 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4191 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4197 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4202 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4204 /* Remove symbols defined in an as-needed shared lib that wasn't
4206 struct elf_smash_syms_data inf
;
4207 inf
.not_needed
= abfd
;
4208 inf
.htab
= hash_table
;
4209 inf
.twiddled
= FALSE
;
4210 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_smash_syms
, &inf
);
4212 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&hash_table
->root
);
4216 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4217 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4218 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4219 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4220 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4221 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4222 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4223 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4224 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4225 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4226 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4227 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4231 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4232 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4237 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4238 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4239 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4240 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4241 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4242 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4244 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4245 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4246 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4248 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4252 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4253 && h
->type
!= STT_FUNC
)
4261 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4262 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4265 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4267 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4274 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4275 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4277 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4278 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4279 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4280 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4281 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4282 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4289 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4291 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4292 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4299 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4312 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4316 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4318 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4320 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4321 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4322 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4324 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4326 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4328 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4329 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4331 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4333 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4337 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4338 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4339 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4340 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4341 real definition and the weak definition. */
4342 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4344 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4352 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4355 check_directives
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_directives
;
4356 if (check_directives
)
4357 check_directives (abfd
, info
);
4359 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4360 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4363 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4364 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4365 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4366 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4367 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4368 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4369 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4370 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4371 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4372 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4374 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4375 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4376 check_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->check_relocs
;
4378 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4379 && hash_table
->root
.creator
== abfd
->xvec
4380 && check_relocs
!= NULL
)
4384 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4386 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4389 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4390 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4391 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4392 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4393 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4396 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4398 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4401 ok
= (*check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4403 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4404 free (internal_relocs
);
4411 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4412 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4414 && ! info
->traditional_format
4415 && is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
)
4416 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4420 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4421 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4423 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4426 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4427 if (strncmp (".stab", stab
->name
, 5) == 0
4428 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4429 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4430 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4431 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4433 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4435 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4436 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
,
4437 &hash_table
->stab_info
,
4442 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4443 stab
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4448 if (is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
) && add_needed
)
4450 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4451 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4453 n
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4457 n
->next
= hash_table
->loaded
;
4458 hash_table
->loaded
= n
;
4464 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4465 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4466 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4469 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4475 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4476 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4478 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4479 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4480 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4483 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4487 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4491 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4492 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4493 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4494 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4496 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4497 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4500 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4501 len
= strlen (name
);
4502 copy
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4504 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4506 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4507 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4508 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4510 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4513 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4515 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4516 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4517 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4520 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4524 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4525 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4526 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4527 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4528 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4529 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4530 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4531 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4532 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4533 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4534 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4535 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4536 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4537 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4538 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4540 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4541 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4542 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4543 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4546 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4547 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4550 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4553 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4554 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4558 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4560 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4562 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4564 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4565 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4567 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4571 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4572 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4573 second and subsequent passes. */
4574 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4578 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
4579 defined
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4580 included
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4581 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
4584 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4585 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4586 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
4599 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
4600 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
4602 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4604 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
4607 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
4609 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
4615 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
4616 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
4622 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4624 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
4625 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
4626 only want to include it however, if this archive element
4627 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
4630 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
4631 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
4632 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
4633 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
4634 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
4636 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
4639 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
4641 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4646 /* We need to include this archive member. */
4647 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
4648 if (element
== NULL
)
4651 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
4654 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
4655 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
4656 something wrong with the archive. */
4657 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
4659 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4662 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
4664 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
4666 if (! (*info
->callbacks
->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
,
4669 if (! bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
4672 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
4673 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
4674 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
4675 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
4676 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
4677 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
4678 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
4679 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
4682 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
4683 which we have already seen in this pass. */
4687 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
4692 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
4694 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
4695 on through the loop. */
4696 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
4707 if (defined
!= NULL
)
4709 if (included
!= NULL
)
4714 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
4718 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4720 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
4723 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4725 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
4727 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
4732 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
4733 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
4736 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4738 unsigned long **valuep
= data
;
4744 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4745 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4747 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
4748 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4751 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
4752 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4755 alc
= bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
4756 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
4757 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
4761 /* Compute the hash value. */
4762 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
4764 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
4767 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
4769 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
4777 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
4778 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
4779 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
4780 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
4781 than 32771 buckets. */
4783 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
4785 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
4789 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
4790 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
4791 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
4792 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
4793 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
4794 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
4795 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
4796 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
4798 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4800 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
4801 size_t best_size
= 0;
4802 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
4803 unsigned long int *hashcodesp
;
4804 unsigned long int i
;
4807 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
4808 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
4811 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4812 hashcodes
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4813 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
4815 hashcodesp
= hashcodes
;
4817 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
4818 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
4819 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashcodesp
);
4821 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
4822 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
4823 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
4824 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
4827 unsigned long int nsyms
= hashcodesp
- hashcodes
;
4830 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
4831 unsigned long int *counts
;
4832 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4833 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
4835 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
4836 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
4838 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
4841 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
4843 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
4844 since the size could be large. */
4846 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
4847 counts
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
4854 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
4855 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
4857 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
4859 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
4860 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
4861 unsigned long int j
;
4862 unsigned long int fact
;
4864 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
4866 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
4867 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
4868 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
4870 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
4871 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
4872 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
4873 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
4874 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
4875 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
4876 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
4879 /* We in any case need 2 + NSYMS entries for the size values and
4881 max
= (2 + nsyms
) * (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
4884 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
4885 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
4886 over a few long chains). */
4887 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4888 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
4890 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
4891 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4894 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
4895 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
4896 empty slots (the +1 term). */
4897 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
4898 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
4900 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
4901 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
4902 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ (bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8)) + 1;
4906 /* Compare with current best results. */
4907 if (max
< best_chlen
)
4917 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
4919 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
4920 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
4921 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
4922 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
4924 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
4925 if (dynsymcount
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
4930 /* Free the arrays we needed. */
4936 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
4937 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
4938 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
4939 addresses of the various sections. */
4942 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4945 const char *filter_shlib
,
4946 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
4947 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4948 asection
**sinterpptr
,
4949 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
)
4951 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
4953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4954 struct elf_assign_sym_version_info asvinfo
;
4958 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
4960 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
4963 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->relro
= info
->relro
;
4964 if (info
->execstack
)
4965 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
4966 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
4967 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
4971 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
4974 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
4976 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
4980 if (inputobj
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
4982 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
4985 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
4994 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
4995 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
4996 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
4997 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5001 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5002 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5003 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5004 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5005 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5006 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5008 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5009 we're dynamic or not. */
5010 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5011 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5012 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5015 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5017 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
5022 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5025 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5027 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5028 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5030 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5031 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5033 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5035 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5036 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5040 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5042 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5043 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5049 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5051 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5058 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5060 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5061 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
5064 if (info
->new_dtags
)
5066 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
5067 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
5072 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5076 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5077 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5078 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5079 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5083 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5085 const char * const *p
;
5087 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5091 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5093 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5094 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5100 eif
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5103 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5104 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5105 if (info
->export_dynamic
)
5107 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5108 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5114 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5115 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5116 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5117 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->symbol
)
5119 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5120 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5122 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5125 namelen
= strlen (name
);
5127 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5128 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5130 newname
= bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5131 if (newname
== NULL
)
5133 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
5135 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5136 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5138 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5139 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5140 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5143 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5144 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5146 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5148 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5149 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5150 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5155 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5156 not defined in a shared object. */
5158 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5159 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5160 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5164 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5165 asvinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5166 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5167 asvinfo
.verdefs
= verdefs
;
5168 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5170 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5171 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5176 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5178 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5180 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5181 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5182 if (!d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5184 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5185 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5186 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5187 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5192 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5197 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5198 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5199 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5200 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5205 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5206 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5207 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5209 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5210 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5211 h
= (info
->init_function
5212 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5213 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5220 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5223 h
= (info
->fini_function
5224 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5225 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5232 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5236 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5237 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5239 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5240 if (! info
->executable
)
5245 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5246 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5247 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5248 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5249 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5251 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5252 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5257 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5261 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5262 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5265 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5266 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5268 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5269 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5272 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5273 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5275 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5276 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5280 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5281 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5282 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5283 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5284 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5285 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5287 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5289 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5290 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0)
5291 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5292 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5293 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5294 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5295 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5300 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5302 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5303 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5306 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5308 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5311 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5312 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5313 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5315 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5316 just linking a regular application. */
5317 verdefs
= asvinfo
.verdefs
;
5319 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5320 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5321 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5323 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5324 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5329 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5331 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5332 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5333 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5340 /* Make space for the base version. */
5341 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5342 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5345 /* Make space for the default version. */
5346 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5348 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5352 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5354 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5356 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5357 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5360 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5361 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5365 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5366 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5369 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5373 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5374 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5377 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5379 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5380 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5384 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5385 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5386 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5389 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5391 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5393 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5394 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
5401 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
5402 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5403 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5405 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5407 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
5409 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5411 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5412 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5413 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5414 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5416 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5418 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5419 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5421 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5423 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5426 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5427 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
5429 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5432 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
5433 aux block, but different flags. */
5436 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5438 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5439 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5442 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5443 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5444 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5446 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5447 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5448 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5450 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5453 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5456 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5459 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
5461 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5462 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5464 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5466 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5469 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5470 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
5472 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5475 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5477 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
5478 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
5480 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
5481 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
5482 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
5483 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
5484 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5486 if (t
->next
!= NULL
)
5487 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5488 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5490 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
5491 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
5492 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5494 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
5495 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5497 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5498 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
5499 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5500 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
5502 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5503 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5504 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5506 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5508 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
5510 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
5512 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
5516 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
5517 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5520 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
5521 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
5523 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5525 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
5526 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
5527 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5531 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
5532 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
5535 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
5538 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
5540 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
5543 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
5545 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
5551 if (info
->executable
)
5552 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
5555 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
5559 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
5561 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
5562 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5564 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
5566 sinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
5568 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
5569 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
5571 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5573 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5574 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
5577 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
5578 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5581 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
5586 /* Build the version definition section. */
5589 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5593 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5595 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5597 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5598 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5602 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5603 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5607 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
5612 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
5616 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5619 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
5621 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5622 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
5623 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
5624 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
5626 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5629 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5630 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
5633 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
5634 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
5636 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
5637 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
5638 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
5640 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
5642 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
5643 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5644 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
5645 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5648 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
5651 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5653 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
5654 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
5655 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
5659 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
5660 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
5663 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
5667 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
5668 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
5669 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
5670 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
5672 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5673 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5680 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5682 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5685 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5688 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5690 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
5691 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5692 size_t bucketcount
= 0;
5693 size_t hash_entry_size
;
5694 unsigned int dtagcount
;
5696 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5698 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
5699 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
5700 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
5701 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
5703 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
5704 §ion_sym_count
);
5706 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
5707 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
5708 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5709 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
5710 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
5712 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
5713 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5714 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5717 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
5721 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
5722 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
5723 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
5724 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
5725 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
5726 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
5727 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
5728 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5729 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5730 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
5732 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
5734 s
->contents
= bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5735 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5738 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
5739 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
5740 ++section_sym_count
;
5741 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
5744 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
5745 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
5746 bucketcount
= compute_bucket_count (info
);
5748 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
5749 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5750 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
5751 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
5752 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5753 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5756 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
5757 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
5758 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
5760 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
5762 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5763 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5765 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
5767 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5769 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
5770 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
5777 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
5779 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
5781 struct elf_final_link_info
5783 /* General link information. */
5784 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5787 /* Symbol string table. */
5788 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
5789 /* .dynsym section. */
5790 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
5791 /* .hash section. */
5793 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
5794 asection
*symver_sec
;
5795 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
5797 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
5798 void *external_relocs
;
5799 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
5800 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5801 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
5803 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
5804 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
5805 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
5806 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
5808 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
5809 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
5810 of any input BFD. */
5812 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
5813 symbol of any input BFD. */
5814 asection
**sections
;
5815 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
5817 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
5818 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
5819 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
5820 size_t symbuf_count
;
5821 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
5823 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
5824 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
5827 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
5829 struct elf_outext_info
5832 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
5833 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
;
5836 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
5837 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
5838 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations in
5839 REL_HDR (there are COUNT of them), using the data in REL_HASH. */
5842 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5843 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
5845 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
)
5848 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5850 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5851 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5852 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
5855 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
5857 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5858 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5860 else if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
5862 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5863 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5868 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
5871 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5878 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
5882 erela
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
5883 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
5885 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
5888 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
5891 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
5893 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
5894 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
5895 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
5896 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
5897 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
5901 struct elf_link_sort_rela
5907 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
5908 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
5909 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
5913 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5915 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5916 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5917 int relativea
, relativeb
;
5919 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5920 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
5922 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
5924 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
5926 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5928 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
5930 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5932 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5938 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
5940 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= A
;
5941 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= B
;
5944 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
5946 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
5948 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5949 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
5954 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5956 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
5962 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
5965 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
5966 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
5967 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
5968 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
5969 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5970 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5971 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5972 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
5973 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
5976 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
5977 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5979 reldyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
5980 if (reldyn
== NULL
|| reldyn
->size
== 0)
5982 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
5983 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
5984 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
5988 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
5989 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
5990 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
5992 count
= reldyn
->size
/ ext_size
;
5995 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
5996 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
5998 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6002 if (size
!= reldyn
->size
)
6005 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
6006 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
6007 sort
= bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
6010 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
6011 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
6015 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
6016 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
6018 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
6020 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
6021 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
6023 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
6024 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6026 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
6028 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
6029 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
6030 relocs in this case. */
6035 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
6036 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
6037 while (erel
< erelend
)
6039 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6040 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
6041 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
6042 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
6048 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
6050 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
6052 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6053 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
6059 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
6060 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
6062 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6063 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
6065 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
6068 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
6070 for (lo
= reldyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
6071 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
6073 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
6074 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
6077 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
6078 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
6079 while (erel
< erelend
)
6081 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
6082 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
6093 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
6096 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
6097 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
6099 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
6101 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6105 hdr
= &elf_tdata (finfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6106 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6107 amt
= finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6108 if (bfd_seek (finfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6109 || bfd_bwrite (finfo
->symbuf
, amt
, finfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
6112 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
6113 finfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
6119 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
6122 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
,
6124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
6125 asection
*input_sec
,
6126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6129 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
6130 bfd_boolean (*output_symbol_hook
)
6131 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
6132 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
6133 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6135 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6136 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
6137 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
6139 if (! (*output_symbol_hook
) (finfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
))
6143 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
6144 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6145 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
6146 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
6149 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (finfo
->symstrtab
,
6151 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6155 if (finfo
->symbuf_count
>= finfo
->symbuf_size
)
6157 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (finfo
, bed
))
6161 dest
= finfo
->symbuf
+ finfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6162 destshndx
= finfo
->symshndxbuf
;
6163 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
6165 if (bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) >= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
6169 amt
= finfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6170 finfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
= bfd_realloc (destshndx
, amt
* 2);
6171 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
6173 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
6174 finfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
6176 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6179 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
6180 finfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
6181 bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
6186 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
6187 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
6188 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
6189 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
6190 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
6193 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6194 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
6195 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6198 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
6200 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6203 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6209 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6210 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6211 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
6212 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6213 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
6217 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6218 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6219 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
6222 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6223 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
6226 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
6228 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
6230 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
6233 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6234 bfd_size_type symcount
;
6235 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
6236 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
6237 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
6238 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6239 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6240 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6241 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
6242 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
6244 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
6246 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
6248 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6249 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
6252 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6254 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6255 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
6257 extsymcount
= symcount
;
6262 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
6263 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6266 if (extsymcount
== 0)
6269 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
6271 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6274 /* Read in any version definitions. */
6275 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
6276 extversym
= bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
6277 if (extversym
== NULL
)
6280 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6281 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
6282 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
6290 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
6291 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
6292 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
6295 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
6296 unsigned short version_index
;
6298 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6299 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6302 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
6305 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
6308 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
6310 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
6312 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
6313 have provided a definition for the undefined sym. */
6317 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
6318 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
6320 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
6334 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
6335 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
6336 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
6337 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
6338 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
6342 elf_link_output_extsym (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6344 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= data
;
6345 struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
= eoinfo
->finfo
;
6347 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6348 asection
*input_sec
;
6349 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6351 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6353 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6354 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6358 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
6359 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
6361 if (!h
->forced_local
)
6366 if (h
->forced_local
)
6370 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6372 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6374 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
6375 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
6376 references in regular files have already been handled). */
6377 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
6379 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
6380 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
6381 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
6382 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
6384 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
6385 if (ignore_undef
== FALSE
6388 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
6389 && finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
6391 if (! (finfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
6392 (finfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
, h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
6393 NULL
, 0, finfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)))
6395 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6401 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
6402 shared libraries. */
6403 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6404 && (! finfo
->info
->shared
)
6409 && ! elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (finfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
6411 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6412 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO"),
6414 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
6415 ? finfo
->output_bfd
: h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
,
6416 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6418 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
6419 ? "hidden" : "local",
6420 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6421 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6425 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
6426 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
6427 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
6431 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
6433 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6437 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6439 else if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6440 && bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
6441 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
6443 else if (finfo
->info
->strip_discarded
6444 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6445 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6446 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
6451 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
6452 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol. */
6455 && !h
->forced_local
)
6459 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
6460 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
6461 if (h
->forced_local
)
6462 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
6463 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6465 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
6467 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
6469 switch (h
->root
.type
)
6472 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
6473 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
6477 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
6478 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
6479 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6480 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6483 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
6484 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6486 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6487 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6490 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (finfo
->output_bfd
,
6491 input_sec
->output_section
);
6492 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6494 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6495 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
6496 finfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
6497 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6501 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
6502 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
6504 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
6505 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6507 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
6508 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
6510 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment
6512 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6513 sym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6519 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
6520 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
6521 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6522 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6527 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6528 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6529 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
6530 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
6533 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
6534 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
6535 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
6536 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
6537 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
6538 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
6539 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
6543 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
6544 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
6545 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
6546 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk. */
6547 if ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
6549 && ((finfo
->info
->shared
6550 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6551 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6552 || !h
->forced_local
)
6553 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6555 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
6556 (finfo
->output_bfd
, finfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
6558 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6563 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
6564 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
6565 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
6566 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
6567 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
6568 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
6569 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
6571 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
6572 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
6576 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
6577 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
6579 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
6580 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
));
6583 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
6584 locally, it is a fatal error. */
6585 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
6586 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6587 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
6588 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6591 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6592 (_("%B: %s symbol `%s' isn't defined"),
6594 ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
6596 : ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
6597 ? "internal" : "hidden",
6598 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6599 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6603 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
6604 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
6605 the entry in the .hash section. */
6606 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6607 && elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6611 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6612 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
6616 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6617 esym
= finfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6618 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
6620 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
6621 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
6623 = elf_section_data (finfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6624 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6625 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
6626 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
6627 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
, bucketpos
);
6628 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, finfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
6629 ((bfd_byte
*) finfo
->hash_sec
->contents
6630 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
6632 if (finfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
6634 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
6635 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
6637 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6639 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
6640 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
6642 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
6646 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
6647 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
6649 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
6650 if (finfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
6655 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
6657 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) finfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
6658 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
6659 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (finfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
6663 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
6664 there's nothing else to do. */
6665 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
6668 h
->indx
= bfd_get_symcount (finfo
->output_bfd
);
6670 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
))
6672 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
6679 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
6680 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
6683 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
6685 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6687 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
6689 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
6690 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
6696 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
6697 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
6698 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
6704 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
6705 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
6706 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
6707 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
6708 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
6709 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
6710 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
6711 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
6714 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6716 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
6719 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
6722 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
6725 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
6728 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
6731 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
)
6733 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
6734 asection
*s
= first
;
6738 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
))
6748 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
6749 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
6753 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
)
6757 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
6760 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
6761 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
);
6762 if (kept
!= NULL
&& sec
->size
!= kept
->size
)
6768 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
6769 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
6770 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
6771 don't have to keep them in memory. */
6774 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*finfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
6776 bfd_boolean (*relocate_section
)
6777 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
6778 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
6780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6783 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
6784 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6785 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
6787 asection
**ppsection
;
6789 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6790 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
6791 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6793 output_bfd
= finfo
->output_bfd
;
6794 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6795 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
6797 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
6798 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
6800 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6803 emit_relocs
= (finfo
->info
->relocatable
6804 || finfo
->info
->emitrelocations
);
6806 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6807 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6809 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6814 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6815 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6818 /* Read the local symbols. */
6819 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6820 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
6822 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
6823 finfo
->internal_syms
,
6824 finfo
->external_syms
,
6825 finfo
->locsym_shndx
);
6826 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6830 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
6831 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
6832 going into the output file. */
6833 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
6834 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= finfo
->indices
, ppsection
= finfo
->sections
;
6836 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
6840 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
6844 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
6846 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
6853 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6854 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6855 else if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
6856 || isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6858 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6860 && isec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
6861 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
6863 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
6864 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
6867 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6868 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6869 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6870 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6873 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
6874 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
6881 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
6882 if (ppsection
== finfo
->sections
)
6885 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6887 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
6888 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
6893 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
6895 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
6898 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
6899 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
6900 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
6901 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
6903 if (finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
6906 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
6907 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
6908 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
6909 && (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
6911 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
6912 isec
->output_section
)))
6915 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
6916 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
6921 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
6922 if ((finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
6923 && (bfd_hash_lookup (finfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
6925 || (((finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
6926 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && ! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6927 || finfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
6928 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
6931 /* If we get here, we are going to output this symbol. */
6935 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
6936 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
6937 isec
->output_section
);
6938 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6941 *pindex
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
6943 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
6944 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
6945 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
6946 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
6947 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
6948 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
6949 these requirements. */
6950 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
6951 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
6953 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
6954 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
6956 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
6957 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
6958 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
6962 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
))
6966 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
6967 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6968 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6972 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
6974 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
6978 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
6979 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
6982 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
6984 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
6989 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
6990 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
6991 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
6992 the routines which work on output files. */
6993 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6994 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6997 bfd_size_type amt
= o
->rawsize
? o
->rawsize
: o
->size
;
6999 contents
= finfo
->contents
;
7000 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, contents
, 0, amt
))
7004 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7006 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7007 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
7010 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
7012 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, finfo
->external_relocs
,
7013 finfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
7014 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
7015 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
7018 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7025 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7029 /* Run through the relocs looking for any against symbols
7030 from discarded sections and section symbols from
7031 removed link-once sections. Complain about relocs
7032 against discarded sections. Zero relocs against removed
7033 link-once sections. */
7034 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
7036 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7037 unsigned int action
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
7039 rel
= internal_relocs
;
7040 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7041 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7043 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
7044 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
7045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
7046 const char *sym_name
;
7048 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
7051 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
7052 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
7053 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
7055 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7057 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
7058 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
7059 we do not seg fault. */
7064 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
7065 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7066 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
7067 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
7068 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
7069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7073 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7074 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7075 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7077 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7078 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7081 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7082 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7086 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
7087 ps
= &finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7088 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
,
7093 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
7094 discarded section. */
7095 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (sec
))
7097 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7098 if (action
& COMPLAIN
)
7099 (*finfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
7100 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
7101 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
7102 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
7104 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
7105 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
7106 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
7107 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
7108 symbol here means we will be changing all later
7109 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
7110 if (action
& PRETEND
)
7114 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
);
7122 /* Remove the symbol reference from the reloc, but
7123 don't kill the reloc completely. This is so that
7124 a zero value will be written into the section,
7125 which may have non-zero contents put there by the
7126 assembler. Zero in things like an eh_frame fde
7127 pc_begin allows stack unwinders to recognize the
7129 rel
->r_info
&= r_type_mask
;
7135 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
7137 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
7138 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
7139 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
7140 reloc addend as necessary.
7142 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
7143 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
7145 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
7146 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
7147 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
7149 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
7150 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
7151 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
7152 corresponding to the output section, which will require
7153 the addend to be adjusted. */
7155 if (! (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7156 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
7164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
7165 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
7166 bfd_vma last_offset
;
7167 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
7168 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
;
7169 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rel_hdr2
;
7170 unsigned int next_erel
;
7171 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
7173 input_rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
;
7174 rela_normal
= (bed
->rela_normal
7175 && (input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
7176 == bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7178 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
7180 irela
= internal_relocs
;
7181 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7182 rel_hash
= (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_hashes
7183 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count
7184 + elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7185 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
7186 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
7187 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7188 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7189 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
7191 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7193 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7195 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
7201 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
7204 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7206 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
7207 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
7208 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
7209 elf_bfd_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
7211 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
7213 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
7217 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
7219 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
7220 if (!finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7221 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
7223 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
7225 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
7226 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
7229 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
7230 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
7231 && finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
7233 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
7236 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
7237 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
7238 we do not know the symbol index of any global
7239 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
7240 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
7241 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
7242 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
7243 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
7244 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
7245 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7246 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7247 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7249 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
7250 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
7252 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
7260 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
7263 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
7264 sec
= finfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
7265 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7267 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
7268 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
7269 processor specific section. */
7271 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
7273 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7280 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7282 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
7283 section will be the absolute section. In
7284 case of discarded link-once and discarded
7285 SEC_MERGE sections, use the kept section. */
7286 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
7287 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
7288 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7290 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
7291 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
7294 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
7296 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
7297 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= 0);
7301 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
7302 section winds up in the output section. */
7304 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7308 if (finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
7310 unsigned long shlink
;
7314 if (finfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
7316 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
7317 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7321 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
7322 since it is needed by a reloc, we
7323 must output it now. */
7324 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
7325 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
7326 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
7330 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
7332 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
7334 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
7337 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
7338 if (! finfo
->info
->relocatable
)
7340 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
7341 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
7343 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
7345 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7347 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)
7352 finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
]
7353 = bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
7355 if (! elf_link_output_sym (finfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
7360 r_symndx
= finfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
7363 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
7364 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7367 /* Swap out the relocs. */
7368 if (input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
7369 && !bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
7375 input_rel_hdr2
= elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
;
7376 if (input_rel_hdr2
&& input_rel_hdr2
->sh_size
!= 0)
7378 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
7379 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7380 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
7381 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
7390 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
7391 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
7392 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, o
, contents
))
7394 /* Section written out. */
7396 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
7398 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
7399 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
7401 &elf_hash_table (finfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
7402 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
7405 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
7406 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
7407 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
7410 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
7412 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, finfo
->info
,
7419 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
7420 && ! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, o
->output_section
,
7422 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
7433 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
7434 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
7435 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
7439 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7440 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7441 asection
*output_section
,
7442 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
7444 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7448 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
7449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7450 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7451 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7455 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
7458 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7462 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
7464 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
7465 rel_hash_ptr
= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hashes
7466 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7467 + elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count2
);
7468 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7470 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
7471 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
7472 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7478 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
7479 actually against the section. */
7480 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7481 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
7482 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
7483 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
7485 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7486 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7490 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7491 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
7492 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
7493 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
7494 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
7495 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
7496 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
7500 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
7501 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
7508 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
7509 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
7515 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
7517 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
7520 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
7523 const char *sym_name
;
7525 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
7526 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (size
);
7529 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
7536 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
7539 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7540 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
7541 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
7542 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
7544 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
7545 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7546 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
7547 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
7554 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
7555 link_order
->offset
, size
);
7561 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
7562 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
7564 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
7565 if (! info
->relocatable
)
7566 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
7568 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
7570 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
7572 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
7574 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7575 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7577 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
7579 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7580 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
7581 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
7583 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7584 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7585 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7589 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
7590 erel
+= (elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
7591 * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7592 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
7595 ++elf_section_data (output_section
)->rel_count
;
7601 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
7604 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
7606 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
7610 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7611 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
7612 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
7613 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7615 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
7616 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
7617 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
7618 where elfsec is 0. */
7621 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7622 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
7623 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
7624 bed
->link_order_error_handler
7625 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
7630 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
7631 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
7636 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
7637 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
7640 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
7645 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
7646 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
7653 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
7654 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
7655 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
7656 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
7659 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
7664 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7666 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7668 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
7669 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
7673 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
7676 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7678 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
7680 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7682 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7683 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
7684 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
)) != -1
7685 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
)
7699 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
7701 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
7702 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
7704 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
7707 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
7709 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7714 if (!seen_linkorder
)
7717 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
7718 xmalloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
7721 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7723 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
7725 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
7726 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
7727 compare_link_order
);
7729 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
7731 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
7733 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
7734 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
)((1 << s
->alignment_power
) - 1);
7735 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
7736 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
7737 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
7744 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
7747 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7749 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
7750 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
7752 struct elf_final_link_info finfo
;
7753 register asection
*o
;
7754 register struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
7756 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
7757 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
7758 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
7759 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
7760 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
7762 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
7764 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7765 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7766 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7767 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7768 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
7770 size_t relativecount
= 0;
7771 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
7774 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7778 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
7780 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
7781 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7783 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
7784 || info
->emitrelocations
7785 || bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs
);
7788 finfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
7789 finfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
7790 if (finfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
7795 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
7796 finfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
7797 finfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
7801 finfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
7802 finfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
7803 BFD_ASSERT (finfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
&& finfo
.hash_sec
!= NULL
);
7804 finfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7805 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
7808 finfo
.contents
= NULL
;
7809 finfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
7810 finfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
7811 finfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
7812 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
7813 finfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
7814 finfo
.indices
= NULL
;
7815 finfo
.sections
= NULL
;
7816 finfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
7817 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
7818 finfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
7819 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
7821 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
7822 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
7823 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
7824 max_contents_size
= 0;
7825 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
7826 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
7828 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
7830 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7832 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
7835 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
7837 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
7838 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
7839 unsigned int *rel_count1
;
7841 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
7842 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
7844 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
7848 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7849 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7851 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
7852 link. This will normally be every section. We need
7853 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
7854 the linker has decided to not include. */
7855 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
7857 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
7860 if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
7861 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7862 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
7864 Elf_Internal_Rela
* relocs
;
7866 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7869 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (sec
, relocs
);
7871 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
7875 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
7876 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
7877 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
7878 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
7880 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
7882 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7883 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
7887 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
7888 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
7889 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7891 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
7893 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
7894 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
7896 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
7897 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
7898 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
7900 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7904 ext_size
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel_hdr
.sh_size
;
7905 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
7906 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
7907 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
7908 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
7913 if (reloc_count
== 0)
7916 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
7918 /* MIPS may have a mix of REL and RELA relocs on sections.
7919 To support this curious ABI we keep reloc counts in
7920 elf_section_data too. We must be careful to add the
7921 relocations from the input section to the right output
7922 count. FIXME: Get rid of one count. We have
7923 o->reloc_count == esdo->rel_count + esdo->rel_count2. */
7924 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7927 bfd_boolean same_size
;
7928 bfd_size_type entsize1
;
7930 entsize1
= esdi
->rel_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7931 BFD_ASSERT (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7932 || entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
7933 same_size
= !o
->use_rela_p
== (entsize1
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
7936 rel_count1
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7938 if (esdi
->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
7940 bfd_size_type entsize2
= esdi
->rel_hdr2
->sh_entsize
;
7941 unsigned int alt_count
;
7942 unsigned int *rel_count2
;
7944 BFD_ASSERT (entsize2
!= entsize1
7945 && (entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
7946 || entsize2
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
));
7948 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count2
;
7950 rel_count2
= &esdo
->rel_count
;
7952 /* The following is probably too simplistic if the
7953 backend counts output relocs unusually. */
7954 BFD_ASSERT (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
== NULL
);
7955 alt_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel_hdr2
);
7956 *rel_count2
+= alt_count
;
7957 reloc_count
-= alt_count
;
7960 *rel_count1
+= reloc_count
;
7963 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
7964 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
7967 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
7968 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
7969 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
7970 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
7973 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
7974 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
7975 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
7976 sections are handled correctly. */
7977 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
7978 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
7982 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
7983 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7984 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
7986 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
7987 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
7988 to create a symbol table. */
7989 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
7990 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
7991 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
7994 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
7995 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7997 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
7999 if (!(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
8000 (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
, o
)))
8003 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
8004 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section
8005 (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
, o
)))
8009 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
8010 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
8011 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
= 0;
8012 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
= 0;
8015 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
8017 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
8018 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
8019 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
8020 section in memory. */
8021 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
8022 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8023 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
8024 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8025 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
8026 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8027 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
8028 /* sh_info is set below. */
8029 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8030 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8032 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
8033 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8035 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
8036 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
8037 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
8039 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
8040 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
8041 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
8042 finfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
8044 finfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
8045 amt
= finfo
.symbuf_size
;
8046 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8047 finfo
.symbuf
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8048 if (finfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
8050 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
8052 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
8053 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
8054 finfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
8055 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8056 finfo
.symshndxbuf
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
8057 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
8061 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
8063 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
8066 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
8069 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
8070 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8071 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
8076 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
8077 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
8078 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
8079 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
8080 outputting relocs. */
8081 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
8085 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8086 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
8087 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
8089 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
8091 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8092 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
8093 if (info
->relocatable
|| o
== NULL
)
8094 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
8096 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
8097 if (! elf_link_output_sym (&finfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
))
8099 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
8100 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
8104 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
8106 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
8108 finfo
.contents
= bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
8109 if (finfo
.contents
== NULL
)
8113 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
8115 finfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
8116 if (finfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
8120 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
8122 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8123 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
8124 finfo
.internal_relocs
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8125 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8129 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
8131 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8132 finfo
.external_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8133 if (finfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
8136 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
8137 finfo
.internal_syms
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8138 if (finfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
8141 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
8142 finfo
.indices
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8143 if (finfo
.indices
== NULL
)
8146 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
8147 finfo
.sections
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8148 if (finfo
.sections
== NULL
)
8152 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
8154 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8155 finfo
.locsym_shndx
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8156 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
8160 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
8162 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
8165 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
8166 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
8169 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
8172 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
8174 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
8176 size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
8178 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
8180 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
8181 end
= align_power (end
, elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
8182 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
8185 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
8186 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8188 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
8192 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
8193 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
8194 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
8195 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
8196 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
8198 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
8199 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
8200 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
8201 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
8202 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
8203 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
8204 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
8205 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
8206 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
8207 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
8208 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
8209 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
8210 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
8212 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8213 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
8214 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8216 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8218 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8219 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
8220 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8221 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
8223 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
8225 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&finfo
, sub
))
8227 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
8230 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
8231 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
8233 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8238 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
8244 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
8245 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
8246 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
8247 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
8248 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
8249 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
8250 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8251 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8252 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
8253 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8258 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
8259 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
8260 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
8261 converted to local in a version script. */
8263 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
8264 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8267 && finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8269 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8270 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= finfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
8271 long last_local
= 0;
8273 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
8274 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
8280 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8283 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8289 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
8292 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
8293 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
8294 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
8295 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
8296 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8297 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
8298 last_local
= dynindx
;
8299 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8303 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
8304 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
8306 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
8307 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8312 sym
.st_size
= e
->isym
.st_size
;
8313 sym
.st_other
= e
->isym
.st_other
;
8315 /* Copy the internal symbol as is.
8316 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
8317 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
8320 if (e
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
8321 && (e
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
8322 || e
->isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
))
8324 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
8328 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
8329 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
8331 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
8334 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
8335 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
8337 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8338 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
8342 elf_section_data (finfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
8346 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
8347 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8348 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
8349 eoinfo
.finfo
= &finfo
;
8350 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_link_output_extsym
,
8355 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
8356 table, do it now. */
8357 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8359 typedef bfd_boolean (*out_sym_func
)
8360 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8361 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8363 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
8364 (abfd
, info
, &finfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
8368 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
8369 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&finfo
, bed
))
8372 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
8373 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
8375 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8376 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8378 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8379 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8380 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8381 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8382 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8384 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
8387 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8388 || (bfd_bwrite (finfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
8393 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
8395 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8396 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
8397 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8398 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
8399 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8400 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8401 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8402 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8403 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8404 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
8405 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8407 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
8408 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
8410 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
8412 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8413 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, finfo
.symstrtab
))
8417 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
8418 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8420 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
8423 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr
,
8424 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
,
8425 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8426 if (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
!= NULL
)
8427 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hdr2
,
8428 elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count2
,
8429 (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
8430 + elf_section_data (o
)->rel_count
));
8432 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
8433 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
8437 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
8438 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
8440 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
8441 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
8444 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
8446 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
8447 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8448 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
8450 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
8451 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8452 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
8454 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8458 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
8465 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
8467 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
8469 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
8470 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
8473 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
8480 name
= info
->init_function
;
8483 name
= info
->fini_function
;
8486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8488 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
8489 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8491 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
8494 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8495 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8496 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8497 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
8498 + o
->output_offset
);
8501 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
8502 library and does not apply to this one. */
8510 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8511 name
= ".preinit_array";
8513 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
8514 name
= ".init_array";
8516 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
8517 name
= ".fini_array";
8519 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8522 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8523 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8527 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8528 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
8529 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
8532 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
8533 name
= ".preinit_array";
8536 name
= ".init_array";
8539 name
= ".fini_array";
8552 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
8555 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
8558 name
= ".gnu.version";
8560 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
8563 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8564 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
8567 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
8574 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
8579 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
8581 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8583 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
8584 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
8585 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
8587 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
8588 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
8591 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== 0
8592 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_val
)
8593 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
8599 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
8603 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
8606 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
8609 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8611 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
8613 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8615 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
8617 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
8618 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
8621 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
8623 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
8625 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
8627 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0)
8629 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
8631 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
8637 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
8639 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
8640 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8641 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
8642 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
8648 if (info
->relocatable
)
8650 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
8652 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
8657 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
8658 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
8660 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
8664 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
8666 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
8670 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8671 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8672 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8673 free (finfo
.contents
);
8674 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8675 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8676 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8677 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8678 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8679 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8680 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8681 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8682 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8683 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8684 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8685 free (finfo
.indices
);
8686 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8687 free (finfo
.sections
);
8688 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8689 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8690 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8691 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8692 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8694 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8695 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8696 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8699 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
8704 if (finfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
8705 _bfd_stringtab_free (finfo
.symstrtab
);
8706 if (finfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
8707 free (finfo
.contents
);
8708 if (finfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
8709 free (finfo
.external_relocs
);
8710 if (finfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
8711 free (finfo
.internal_relocs
);
8712 if (finfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
8713 free (finfo
.external_syms
);
8714 if (finfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
8715 free (finfo
.locsym_shndx
);
8716 if (finfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
8717 free (finfo
.internal_syms
);
8718 if (finfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
8719 free (finfo
.indices
);
8720 if (finfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
8721 free (finfo
.sections
);
8722 if (finfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
8723 free (finfo
.symbuf
);
8724 if (finfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
8725 free (finfo
.symshndxbuf
);
8726 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8728 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8729 && elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
!= NULL
)
8730 free (elf_section_data (o
)->rel_hashes
);
8736 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
8738 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
8739 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
8740 which define symbols to which it refers. */
8742 typedef asection
* (*gc_mark_hook_fn
)
8743 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
8744 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
8747 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8749 gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
8753 asection
*group_sec
;
8757 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
8758 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
8759 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
8760 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8763 /* Look through the section relocs. */
8765 is_eh
= strcmp (sec
->name
, ".eh_frame") == 0;
8766 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0)
8768 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8769 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8770 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8773 bfd
*input_bfd
= sec
->owner
;
8774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
);
8775 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= NULL
;
8778 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8779 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
8781 /* Read the local symbols. */
8782 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
8784 nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8788 extsymoff
= nlocsyms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8790 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8791 if (isym
== NULL
&& nlocsyms
!= 0)
8793 isym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, nlocsyms
, 0,
8799 /* Read the relocations. */
8800 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8802 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8807 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8809 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8814 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8816 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8818 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8820 r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
8824 if (r_symndx
>= nlocsyms
8825 || ELF_ST_BIND (isym
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8827 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8828 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8829 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8830 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8831 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, NULL
);
8835 rsec
= (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, rel
, NULL
, &isym
[r_symndx
]);
8838 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
8840 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8843 rsec
->gc_mark_from_eh
= 1;
8844 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
8853 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8856 if (isym
!= NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isym
)
8858 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
8861 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isym
;
8868 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8870 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
{
8871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8872 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
8877 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
8879 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8880 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8882 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8883 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8884 && !h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
8885 && !(h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
))
8887 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
= data
;
8888 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
8894 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
8896 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
8897 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8900 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8903 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8904 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
8905 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
8906 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
8908 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8912 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8915 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8917 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
8918 if ((o
->flags
& (SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != 0
8919 || (o
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
)) == 0)
8925 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
8926 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8929 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
8930 to remove a section from the output. */
8931 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8933 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
8934 info we collected before. */
8936 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
8937 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
8938 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
8940 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8944 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8946 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8949 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
8951 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
8952 free (internal_relocs
);
8960 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
8961 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
8962 static symbol table as well? */
8963 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
8964 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
8965 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
8968 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
8972 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
8973 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
8976 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
8978 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8979 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8981 /* Those that are not vtables. */
8982 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
8985 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
8986 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
8989 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
8990 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
8993 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
8994 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
8996 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
8998 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
9000 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
9001 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
9006 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
9008 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
9009 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
9011 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
9014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9015 unsigned int log_file_align
;
9017 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
9018 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9019 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
9034 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
9037 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
9038 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
9039 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9040 unsigned int log_file_align
;
9042 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9043 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9045 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
9046 well as those that are not loaded. */
9047 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
9050 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9051 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9053 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9054 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9055 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
9057 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
9059 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
9060 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9061 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9063 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9065 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9066 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
9068 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
9070 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
9072 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
9073 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
9076 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
9077 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
9083 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
9084 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
9088 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9090 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9092 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9093 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9095 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9096 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9098 || (!info
->executable
9100 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
9101 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
)))
9102 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
9107 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
9110 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9112 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
9114 asection
* (*gc_mark_hook
)
9115 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
9116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
9117 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9119 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
9120 || info
->relocatable
9121 || info
->emitrelocations
9122 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9124 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
9128 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
9129 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9130 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
9135 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
9136 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9137 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
9142 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
9143 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9144 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9145 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
9148 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
9149 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
9150 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
9154 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9157 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9158 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0 && !o
->gc_mark
)
9159 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
9163 /* ... again for sections marked from eh_frame. */
9164 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
9168 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9171 /* Keep .gcc_except_table.* if the associated .text.* is
9172 marked. This isn't very nice, but the proper solution,
9173 splitting .eh_frame up and using comdat doesn't pan out
9174 easily due to needing special relocs to handle the
9175 difference of two symbols in separate sections.
9176 Don't keep code sections referenced by .eh_frame. */
9177 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9178 if (!o
->gc_mark
&& o
->gc_mark_from_eh
&& (o
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
9180 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gcc_except_table.", 18) == 0)
9186 len
= strlen (o
->name
+ 18) + 1;
9187 fn_name
= bfd_malloc (len
+ 6);
9188 if (fn_name
== NULL
)
9190 memcpy (fn_name
, ".text.", 6);
9191 memcpy (fn_name
+ 6, o
->name
+ 18, len
);
9192 fn_text
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, fn_name
);
9194 if (fn_text
== NULL
|| !fn_text
->gc_mark
)
9198 /* If not using specially named exception table section,
9199 then keep whatever we are using. */
9200 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
9205 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
9206 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
9209 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
9212 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
9214 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9217 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
9218 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
9219 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
9220 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9222 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
9223 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
9225 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9226 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
9227 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
9229 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9230 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
9232 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
9233 offset as the relocation. */
9234 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
9236 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
9237 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9238 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9239 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
9240 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
9244 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
9245 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
9246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9252 child
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
9258 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
9259 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
9260 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
9261 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
9263 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
9266 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
9271 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
9274 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9275 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9276 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9279 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9280 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
9284 h
->vtable
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
9289 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
9291 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
9292 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
9294 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
9296 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
9297 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9298 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9304 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
9305 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
9306 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
9309 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
9311 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
9312 consolidation pass. */
9313 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
9317 ptr
= bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
9323 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
9324 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
9325 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
9329 ptr
= bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
9334 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
9335 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
9336 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
9339 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
9344 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
9346 unsigned int got_elt_size
;
9349 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
9350 to real got offsets. */
9353 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
9355 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= arg
;
9357 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9358 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9360 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9362 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
9363 gofarg
->gotoff
+= gofarg
->got_elt_size
;
9366 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9371 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
9372 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
9375 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
9376 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9381 unsigned int got_elt_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9382 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
9384 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9387 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
9388 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
9389 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
9392 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
9394 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
9395 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
9397 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
9398 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
9399 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9401 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9404 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
9408 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
9409 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
9410 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9412 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9414 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
9416 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
9418 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
9419 gotoff
+= got_elt_size
;
9422 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
9426 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
9427 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
9428 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
9429 gofarg
.got_elt_size
= got_elt_size
;
9430 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
9431 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
9436 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
9437 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
9440 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9442 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
9445 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
9446 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
9450 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
9452 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= cookie
;
9454 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9455 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
9457 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
9459 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9461 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
9462 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
9464 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
9467 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
9468 if (r_symndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9471 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
9472 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9476 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
9478 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9479 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9480 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9482 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9483 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9484 && elf_discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9491 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
9492 but it could be a relocation against a local
9493 symbol for a discarded section. */
9495 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9497 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
9498 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
9499 if (isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
|| isym
->st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
9501 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9502 if (isec
!= NULL
&& elf_discarded_section (isec
))
9511 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
9512 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
9513 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
9514 which is true for all known assemblers. */
9517 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9519 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
9520 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
9521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9522 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9525 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9527 if (info
->traditional_format
9528 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9531 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
9533 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9536 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9538 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9541 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
9542 if (info
->relocatable
9545 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
))))
9548 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
9551 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
9552 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
9557 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
9560 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9562 cookie
.sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9563 cookie
.bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
9564 if (cookie
.bad_symtab
)
9566 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9567 cookie
.extsymoff
= 0;
9571 cookie
.locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9572 cookie
.extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9575 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9576 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 8;
9578 cookie
.r_sym_shift
= 32;
9580 cookie
.locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9581 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
.locsymcount
!= 0)
9583 cookie
.locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9584 cookie
.locsymcount
, 0,
9586 if (cookie
.locsyms
== NULL
)
9593 count
= stab
->reloc_count
;
9595 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, stab
, NULL
, NULL
,
9597 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9599 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9600 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9601 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9602 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
9603 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
9604 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9607 if (elf_section_data (stab
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9615 count
= eh
->reloc_count
;
9617 cookie
.rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, eh
, NULL
, NULL
,
9619 cookie
.rel
= cookie
.rels
;
9620 cookie
.relend
= cookie
.rels
;
9621 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
)
9622 cookie
.relend
+= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9624 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
9625 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
9629 if (cookie
.rels
!= NULL
9630 && elf_section_data (eh
)->relocs
!= cookie
.rels
)
9634 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
9635 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
9638 if (cookie
.locsyms
!= NULL
9639 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
)
9641 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9642 free (cookie
.locsyms
);
9644 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) cookie
.locsyms
;
9648 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
9649 && !info
->relocatable
9650 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
9657 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
* sec
)
9660 const char *name
, *p
;
9661 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
9662 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
9665 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
9666 linkonce section. See below. */
9667 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9672 /* Check if it belongs to a section group. */
9673 group
= elf_sec_group (sec
);
9675 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section nor a member of a group. A
9676 comdat group section also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
9677 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0 && group
== NULL
)
9682 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group, check if
9683 the group should be discarded. */
9684 if (elf_next_in_group (sec
) == sec
9685 && (group
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) != 0)
9691 /* FIXME: When doing a relocatable link, we may have trouble
9692 copying relocations in other sections that refer to local symbols
9693 in the section being discarded. Those relocations will have to
9694 be converted somehow; as of this writing I'm not sure that any of
9695 the backends handle that correctly.
9697 It is tempting to instead not discard link once sections when
9698 doing a relocatable link (technically, they should be discarded
9699 whenever we are building constructors). However, that fails,
9700 because the linker winds up combining all the link once sections
9701 into a single large link once section, which defeats the purpose
9702 of having link once sections in the first place.
9704 Also, not merging link once sections in a relocatable link
9705 causes trouble for MIPS ELF, which relies on link once semantics
9706 to handle the .reginfo section correctly. */
9708 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
9710 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1) == 0
9711 && (p
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
9716 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (p
);
9718 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9720 /* We may have 3 different sections on the list: group section,
9721 comdat section and linkonce section. SEC may be a linkonce or
9722 group section. We match a group section with a group section,
9723 a linkonce section with a linkonce section, and ignore comdat
9725 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9726 && strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0
9727 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
)
9729 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
9731 switch (flags
& SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
)
9736 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
:
9739 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_ONE_ONLY
:
9740 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9741 (_("%B: ignoring duplicate section `%A'"),
9745 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
:
9746 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9747 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9748 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
9752 case SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS
:
9753 if (sec
->size
!= l
->sec
->size
)
9754 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9755 (_("%B: duplicate section `%A' has different size"),
9757 else if (sec
->size
!= 0)
9759 bfd_byte
*sec_contents
, *l_sec_contents
;
9761 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &sec_contents
))
9762 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9763 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
9765 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
,
9767 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9768 (_("%B: warning: could not read contents of section `%A'"),
9769 l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
);
9770 else if (memcmp (sec_contents
, l_sec_contents
, sec
->size
) != 0)
9771 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9772 (_("%B: warning: duplicate section `%A' has different contents"),
9776 free (sec_contents
);
9778 free (l_sec_contents
);
9783 /* Set the output_section field so that lang_add_section
9784 does not create a lang_input_section structure for this
9785 section. Since there might be a symbol in the section
9786 being discarded, we must retain a pointer to the section
9787 which we are really going to use. */
9788 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9789 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9791 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9793 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
9794 asection
*s
= first
;
9798 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9799 /* Record which group discards it. */
9800 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9801 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9802 /* These lists are circular. */
9814 /* If this is the member of a single member comdat group and the
9815 group hasn't be discarded, we check if it matches a linkonce
9816 section. We only record the discarded comdat group. Otherwise
9817 the undiscarded group will be discarded incorrectly later since
9818 itself has been recorded. */
9819 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9820 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
9821 && bfd_coff_get_comdat_section (l
->sec
->owner
, l
->sec
) == NULL
9822 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
,
9823 elf_next_in_group (sec
)))
9825 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9826 elf_next_in_group (sec
)->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9827 group
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9834 /* There is no direct match. But for linkonce section, we should
9835 check if there is a match with comdat group member. We always
9836 record the linkonce section, discarded or not. */
9837 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
9838 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
9840 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
9843 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
9844 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
))
9846 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9847 sec
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
9852 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
9853 bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
);
9857 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9859 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
9863 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9869 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9871 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;